אונטערשייד צווישן ווערסיעס פון "יחידה:Citation/CS1"

פון המכלול
קפיצה לניווט קפיצה לחיפוש
ק (עדכון מוויקיפדיה האנגלית)
 
ק (rv)
שורה 1: שורה 1:
require ('Module:No globals');
-- Copied from Hebrew Wikipedia and changed for Yiddish Wikipedia --
-- Copied from English Wikipedia and changed for Hebrew Wikipedia --


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
-- Whether variable is set or not
 
function is_set( var )
]]
return not (var == nil or var == '');
 
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
 
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here
 
]]
 
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 
 
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
 
]]
 
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
 
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
]]
 
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
 
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end
 
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
 
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
 
]]
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
 
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
]]
 
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end


 
-- First set variable or nil if none
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
function first_set(...)
 
local list = {...};
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
for _, var in pairs(list) do
 
if is_set( var ) then
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
return var;
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 
]]
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
 
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.
 
]]
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


 
-- Whether needle is in haystack
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
function inArray( needle, haystack )
 
if needle == nil then
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
]]
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
 
if v == needle then
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return n;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
 
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
 
]]
 
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end
end
return false;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
 
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
 
]]
]]
 
function deprecated_parameter()
local function safe_for_url( str )
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


 
-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
function substitute( msg, args )
 
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
Format an external link with error checking
 
]]
 
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
 
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
 
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
 
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
 
return base_url;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
 
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
 
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
]]


]=]
function kern_quotes (str)
 
local cap='';
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap2='';
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if is_set (cap) then
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
end
return str;
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
שורה 515: שורה 99:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
if not is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "yi" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if inArray (lang, {'ar', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'en', 'he', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ko', 'ku', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטירונג מיט סקריפט אין א פרעמדער שפראך ('..name..')'); -- categorize in language-specific categories
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטירונג מיט סקריפט אין א פרעמדער שפראך'); -- use this category as a catchall until language-specific category is available
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return script_value;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
function script_concatenate (title, script)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
end
end
return title;
return title;
end
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
]]
function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safeforitalics( str );
end
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end
end


שורה 582: שורה 180:
]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
שורה 589: שורה 187:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.
 
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=


]]
]]


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
local wl_type, D, L;
local chapter_error = '';
local ws_url, ws_label;
-- our code
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
if is_set (transchapter) then
 
transchapter = '<span class="mw-content-rtl">' .. transchapter .. "</span>&lrm;";
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
end
 
-- our code end
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
if not is_set (chapter) then
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (transchapter) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
chapter_error = " " .. seterror ('trans_missing_chapter');
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
if is_set (chapterurl) then
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
return chapter .. chapter_error;
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
else -- here when chapter is set
if utilities.is_set (str) then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
if is_set (transchapter) then
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
});
end
end
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 
chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
 
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
 
 
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
 
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
 
]]
 
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
 
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
 
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
 
return periodical;
end
 
 
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
 
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).
 
]]
 
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
return chapter;
return chapter;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 
]]
]]
 
function argument_wrapper( args )
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
 
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
 
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.
 
]]
 
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
return origin[k];
end
end
שורה 817: שורה 255:
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
elseif list ~= nil then
שורה 826: שורה 264:
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
if v == nil then
v = '';
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
end
שורה 841: שורה 279:
end
end


--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
false - deprecated, supported parameters
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
nil - unsupported parameters
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
]]
]]
 
function validate( name )
local function nowrap_date (date)
local name = tostring( name );
local cap = '';
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
local cap2 = '';
 
-- Normal arguments
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
-- Arguments with numbers in them
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return date;
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R C O M M E N T >------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


]]
]]
 
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
 
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
]]
]]
 
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
prefix = prefix or "";
f.gsub = string.gsub
suffix = suffix or "";
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
if error_state == nil then
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
f.match = mw.ustring.match
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end
end
 
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
message = "<span dir=ltr class=registered_only>" .. message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..  
local end_chr = '';
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
local trim;
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])" .. "</span>";
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
end
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
-- Formats a wiki style external link
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
function externallinkid(options)
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local url_string = options.id;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
end
return str;
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
function internallinkid(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
-- Format an external link with error checking
 
function externallink( URL, label, source )
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
local error_str = "";
Puncutation not allowed.
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
]]
if is_set( source ) then
 
error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
local function is_suffix (suffix)
else
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
return true;
end
end
if not checkurl( URL ) then
error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
return false;
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
]]
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
function nowrap_date (date)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local cap='';
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
local cap2='';


This original test:
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
elseif date:match("%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d") or date:match ("%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d") then
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
 
]]
 
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
return date;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
 
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
 
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
function amazon(id, domain)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local err_cat = ""


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
end
else
 
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$") then -- if 10-digit numeric
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if checkisbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבנית ציטוט משתמשת בקוד ספר בתור ASIN"); -- add to maint category
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
domain = "com";
elseif inArray (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif inArray (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are two valid forms of the identifier:
 
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
 
where:
names in the list will be linked when
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
|<name>-link= has a value
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
rendered previously so should have been linked there
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
 
<number> is a three-digit number
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
 
the second form, valid from April 2007 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
function arxiv (id)
local sep;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local namesep;
local year, month, version;
local format = control.format;
local err_cat = ""
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
year, month, version = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d([v%d]*)$"); -- test for the 9108-0703 format
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if not year then -- arXiv id is not proper 9108-0703 form
year, month, version = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d([v%d]*)$"); -- test for the 0704- format
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if not year then
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match either format
local mask = person.mask;
else -- id is the 0704- format
local one;
year = tonumber(year);
local sep_one = sep;
month = tonumber(month);
 
if ((7 > year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
etal = true;
is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then -- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
break;
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
end
end
else -- id is the 9108-0703 format; are the date values ok
 
year = tonumber(year);
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
month = tonumber(month);
if 0 < count then
if ((91 > year and 7 < year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
if 1 < count and not etal then
((91 == year and 8 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) or -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
if 'amp' == format then
is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then -- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end


local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
function normalize_lccn (lccn)
returns an empty string.
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end


]]
local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
return lccn;
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end


--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
]]
function lccn(lccn)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn


<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


]]
if 8 == len then
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
local class_t = {};
end
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
 
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
end


return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
 
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter
 
]]
]]
 
function pmid(id)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
else -- PMID is only digits
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
end
end
 
return name, etal;
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


 
--[[
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
 
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
 
returns nothing
 
]]
]]
 
function is_embargoed(embargo)
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if is_set(embargo) then
if utilities.is_set (name) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
return true; -- still embargoed
end
end
end
end
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end
end


--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
 
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 
returns nothing


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
if utilities.is_set (name) then
else -- PMC is only digits
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
else
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


Compares values assigned to various parameter according to the string provided as <item> in the function call:
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
'generic_names': |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc value against list of known generic name patterns
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
'generic_titles': |title=
Returns true when pattern matches; nil else


The k/v pairs in cfg.special_case_translation[item] each contain two tables, one for English and one for another
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
'local' language.Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole or fragment)
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
in index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


]]
function doi(id, inactive)
 
local cat = ""
local function is_generic (item, value)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local test_val;
 
local text;
for _, generic_value in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item]) do -- spin through the list of known generic value fragments
if is_set(inactive) then
test_val = generic_value['en'][2] and value:lower() or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "פאראמעטער DOI נישט גילטיק פון יאר " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "ציטירונג מוסטער מיט גילטיקייט פראבלעמען  אין  DOI" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end


if test_val:find (generic_value['en'][1], 1, generic_value['en'][2]) then
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
return true; -- found English generic value so done
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
 
elseif generic_value['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_<value>['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic value
test_val = generic_value['local'][2] and mw.ustring.lower(value) or value; -- when set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
 
if mw.ustring.find (test_val, generic_value['local'][1], 1, generic_value['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic value so done
end
end
end
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
if ( code == "A" ) then
 
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
parameter name used in error messaging
encode = handler.encode})
 
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
]]
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
encode = handler.encode})
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
added_generic_name_errs = true;
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end
end


--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
 
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
]]
function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
local accept_name;


if utilities.is_set (last) then
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
 
else
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
if true == valid_issn then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
 
else
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
if 0 ~= wl_type then
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end
 
return last, first; -- done
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
 
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.
 
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
function message_id (id)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
 
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
end  
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
return text
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
on success, return name and matching tag; on failure return nil


--[[
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
]]
 
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
if is_set(title_type) then
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
if "none" == title_type then
local name;
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
local tag;
end
 
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, lang_param; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param>
end
end


tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
return "Media notes"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end


if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
return "Podcast"; -- display podcast annotation
end


tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
return "Press release"; -- display press release annotation
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end


name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
return "Technical report"; -- display techreport annotation
if name then
return name, lang_param; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return <name> and the tag
end
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
 
return "Thesis"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end
end
end


--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
At present the only check is whether the string appears to
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
was provided with the language parameter.
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
 
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
end
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
]]
function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


local function language_parameter (lang)
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
]]
function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end


for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
while true do
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
 
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
lang_subtag = tag:lower():gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
 
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
break;
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
return argument; -- done
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
function make_coins_title (title, script)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
if is_set (title) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
else
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.


]]
]]
 
function get_coins_pages (pages)
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local pattern;
local sep;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
while true do
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
--[[
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
]]
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
postscript = '';
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
return sep, postscript
end
end


-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
if len == 10 then
 
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
else
 
local temp = 0;
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
 
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
]=]
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
 
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
 
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
 
]]
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
return temp % 10 == 0;
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
function safeforurl( str )
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
]]
 
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return max, etal;
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
function hyphentodash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end


Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
--[[
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


TODO: safejoin() has a flaw where it won't remove the duplicate character from a |title= / |url= combination.
This is because by the time we get here, |title=http://somesite.com and |title=Document Title. have been combined:
[http://somesite.com and ''Document Title.'']
so that now, the last character is not sepc but is ] (unless sepc == ']' which breaks the external link)
]]
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = '';
local comp = '';
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then
str = value;
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
else
comp = value;
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
if end_chr == duplicate_char then
str = str:sub(1,-2);
elseif end_chr == "'" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
str = str:sub(1,-3);
end
end


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if trim then
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
if value ~= comp then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value;
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.
For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
end
return str;
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
end 


local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
function reducetoinitials(first)
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local initials = {}
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
return; -- and done
table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


 
-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
function listpeople(control, people)
 
local sep = control.sep;
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
local namesep = control.namesep
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
local format = control.format
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
local maximum = control.maximum
 
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
local text = {}
 
local etal = false;
]=]
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
while name_table[i] do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
if is_set(person.last) then
local name = name_table[i];
local mask = person.mask
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
local one
while name_table[i] do
local sep_one = sep;
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
etal = true;
break; -- and done reassembling so
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
one = person.last
end
local first = person.first
end
if is_set(first) then
i = i + 1;
if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
return output_table;
end
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
 
]]
 
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- check for url in author link;
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
 
if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


 
local count = #text / 2;
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
if count > 0 then
 
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
text[#text-2] = " & ";
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
end
 
text[#text] = nil;  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
 
]]
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
end
 
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
if etal then
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
local err_name;
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
end
if ( "scap" == format ) then -- apply smallcaps formatting when authorformat or editorformat set to scap
result = substitute (cfg.presentation['smallcaps'], result);
end
return result, count
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
function anchorid( options )
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
 
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.
 
TODO: explain <invert>


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
]]
function extractnames(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
while true do
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
end
link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
return value; -- return <value> as it is
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
else
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
return ret_val;
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


 
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
function extractids( args )
 
local id_list = {};
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
single space character.
 
]]
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
return id_list;
end
end


 
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D I D L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
 
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


]]
]]
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local new_list, handler = {};
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end


-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
-- fallback to read-only cfg
end
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
 
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if handler.mode == 'external' then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
else -- four or fewer characters
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );  
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
return a[1] < b[1];
end
end
 
-- all other types of citation
table.sort( new_list, comp );
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
new_list[k] = v[2];
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
return new_list;
end
end
 
 
 
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
 
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local value = nil;
The return order is:
local selected = '';
page, pages, sheet, sheets
local error_list = {};
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
 
]]
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
 
if index == '1' then
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if is_set(args[v]) then
if 'journal' == origin then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
end
if 'journal' == origin then
end
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if #error_list > 0 then
if is_journal then
local error_str = "";
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
elseif not nopp then
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if #error_list > 1 then
if is_journal then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
return value, selected;
end
end


 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
-- the citation information.
 
function COinS(data)
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
 
return '';
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
end
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
 
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
 
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
to a new name)?
if is_set(value) then
 
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
]]
end
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
});
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
if ws_url then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
coins_pages = ws_label;
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
end
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
local last, first;
end
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
last, first = v.last, v.first;
 
if k == 1 then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if is_set(last) then
if ws_url then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
end
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
if is_set(first) then
coins_pages = ws_label;
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
if ws_url then
elseif is_set(last) then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------


add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
 
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
 
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
]]


local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
function get_iso639_code (lang)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if 'Norwegian' == lang then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
return lang, 'no'; -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
end
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
end
end
 
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
return archive, date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-Hebrew-language external links.
unwitting readers to do.


When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'. Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
]]
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
archive URL:
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local name; -- the language name
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
local test='';
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
if 0 == namespace and (('he' == lang:lower()) or ('hebrew' == lang:lower())) then
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'תבנית ציטוט עם ציון עברית בתור שפה זרה'); -- add maintenance category if |language=Hebrew or |language=he in article space
end


]=]
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
 
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "yi" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
-- our part
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
if not is_set (name) then
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
local langs = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( "en" )
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
local lang1 = lang:lower()
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
lang1 = lang1:sub(1, 1):upper() .. lang1:sub(2)
else
for k, v in pairs(langs) do
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if lang1 == v
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
then name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( k, "yi" )
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
break
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
-- our part end


if is_preview_mode then
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
end
end


 
-- our part
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
if name == 'נורבגית'
 
  then name = 'נורווגית'
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
  end
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
-- our part end
 
if is_set (code) then
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
if 0 == namespace and 'he' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and Hebrew not the language?
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטוט מקור בשפה זרה (' .. name .. ')'); -- in main space and not Hebrew: categorize
]]
end
 
else
local function place_check (param_val)
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'תבנית ציטוט עם ציון שפה לא מזוהה'); -- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
]]
local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
formatting.
 
]]
]]
 
function citation0( config, args)
local function citation0( config, args )
--[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
local i  
local i  
 
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Authors = A['Authors'];
local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );


local author_etal;
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Others = A['Others'];
local Authors;
local Editors = A['Editors'];
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end


local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local Series = A['Series'];
local accept_link;
local Volume = A['Volume'];
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
local Issue = A['Issue'];
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
local Position = '';
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
local Page = A['Page'];
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );
end
local At = A['At'];


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local Ref = A['Ref'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];


local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
local ID_list = extractids( args );
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
local PostScript = A['PostScript'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local sepc = A['Separator'];


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
end
-- our code start
local Month = A['Month'];
-- our code end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


-- web and news not tested for now because of
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end
local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' --TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local Issue;
-- Set postscript default.
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (PostScript) then -- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'--TODO: move 'array' to ~/Configuration
if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then -- this template is not a citation template
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
PostScript = '.'; -- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
else
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then -- if |postscript=none then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
PostScript = ''; -- no postscript
end
end
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');


local Page;
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
local Pages;
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local At;
if inArray (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Page = A['Page'];
end
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
if is_set(Page) then
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
At = '';
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
At = ''; -- unset
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end


PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
--[[
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
When the citation has these parameters:
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
end
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
]]
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if is_set(Title) then
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
ChapterURL = URL;
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
Title = Periodical;
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
break; -- bail out if one is found
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local coins_pages;
--special cases for citation.
if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then -- for citation templates
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
if not is_set (Ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
Ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
end
 
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= is not set
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
sepc = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then
else -- not a citation template
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
if not is_set (sepc) then -- if |separator= has not been set
sepc = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
-- check for special case where |separator=none
if 'none' == sepc:lower() then -- if |separator=none
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
sepc = ''; -- then set it to an empty string
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
end
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
-- Special case for cite techreport.
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
]]
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
 
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
end
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
end


if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
-- special case for cite interview
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
end
 
if is_set(Callsign) then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if is_set(ID) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
end
 
if is_set(City) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if is_set(ID) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
else
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ID = ' ' .. City;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
if is_set(Others) then
local ID = A['ID'];
if is_set(TitleType) then
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
TitleType = '';
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
else
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local Conference = A['Conference'];
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
 
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Chapter = Title;
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
TransChapter = TransTitle;
end
Title = BookTitle;
Scale = A['Scale'];
TitleLink = '';
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
TransTitle = '';
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
local Season = A['Season'];
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
local Network = A['Network'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
local Season = A['Season'];
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
 
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
Date = Date or AirDate;
end
Chapter = Title;
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
Title = Series;
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
TransTitle = '';
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
if is_set(Date) then
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if is_set (Year) then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבניות ציטוט עם תאריך ושנה בו זמנית"); -- add to maint category
local Year = A['Year'];
 
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
end
else
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
end
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
 
if is_set(Date) then
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
if is_set(Month) then
 
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
 
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
 
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
 
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
end
else
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end -- end of do
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
end


-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
--[[
-- Test if citation has no title
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
we get the date used in the metadata.
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
]]
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
if is_set(error_message) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
-- automated parsing of citation information.
-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
local OCinSoutput = COinS{
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (Title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here? Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
};
--[[Why is this here?  Why are we mapping Title to Chapter when Periodical is set?
if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = '';
TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
end
]]


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include som static text
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
end
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end


local Editors;
 
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
if not is_set(Authors) then
local last_first_list;
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
if is_set (Maximum) then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
if Maximum >= #a then -- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבניות ציטוט עם פחות מחברים מהנדרש"); -- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed
end
end
else
Maximum = #a + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
 
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
local control = {
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
format = A["AuthorFormat"],
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Authors = listpeople(control, a)  
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));


last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
-- our code start
if is_set(Month) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_month', {}, true) } );
end
if is_set(Coauthors) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_coauthors', {}, true) } );
end
if is_set(ChapterLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_chapterlink', {}, true) } );
end
-- our code end


if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
if author_etal then
end
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 
end
local EditorCount
else
if not is_set(Editors) then
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
end
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
end -- end of do
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Maximum = 3;
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
Maximum = #e + 1;
end
end


local control = {
sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
format = A['EditorFormat'],
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
else
EditorCount = 1;
end
end


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local Cartography = "";
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local Scale = "";
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
 
Authors = PublisherName;
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
PublisherName = "";
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
end
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if not is_set(URL) and
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
AccessDate = '';
end
-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
if is_set(Format) then
Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
end
end
end
end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
-- Test if citation has no title
local OriginalURL
if not is_set(Title) and
local OriginalURL_origin
not is_set(Periodical) and
local OriginalFormat
not is_set(Conference) and
local OriginalAccess;
not is_set(TransTitle) and
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
end
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
local OriginalURL;
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
if is_set (URL) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end
end


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","conference","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
local chap_param;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
TransChapter = '';
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
ChapterURL = '';
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if is_set (Chapter) then
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
end
end
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
end


-- Format main title
-- Format main title.
local plain_title = false;
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
local accept_title;
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","conference","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end


if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end


if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = ' <span class="mw-content-rtl">' .. TransTitle .. "</span>&lrm;";
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format  
URL = "";
Format = "";
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
Title = Title .. TransError;
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if is_set(Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end
 
local Position = '';
if not is_set(Position) then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Minutes) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local Time = A['Time'];
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
if sepc ~= '.' then
שורה 3,363: שורה 2,143:
At = '';
At = '';
end
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if not is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) then
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if is_set(Periodical) and
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Section = A['Section'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
if is_set( Section ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
Section = ", " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, true);
end
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
end
else
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
end
elseif is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
end
end
At = At .. Section .. Inset;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end


if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


local Others = A['Others'];
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end
end
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set(Via) then
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
--[[
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
]]
if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
end


if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
local Docket = A['Docket'];
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
if is_set(Quote) then
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
 
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
end
 
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
end
local Archived;
local Archived
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
if "no" == DeadURL then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
else
Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');  
Archived = '';
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
else
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
Archived = '';
Archived = ""
end
end
local Lay = '';
local Lay
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if is_set(LayURL) then
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
else
LaySource = "";
LaySource = "";
end
end
if sepc == '.' then
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
else
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
Lay = "";
end
end
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
if is_set(Transcript) then
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end
 
local Publisher;
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
end
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
else  
Publisher = "";
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else  
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then  
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
else  
else  
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


--[[
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
 
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
end
שורה 3,646: שורה 2,387:
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon;
local tcommon
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,  
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
else  
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language,  
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
else
ID_list = ID;
ID_list = ID;
end
end
local Via = A['Via'];
local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local text;
local idcommon;
local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
if is_set(Authors) then
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if is_set(Coauthors) then
 
Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
end
if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Authors = Authors .. " "
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
if is_set(Chapter) then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
else
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
then Editors = Editors .. " "
else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
elseif is_set(Editors) then
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
שורה 3,749: שורה 2,446:
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
שורה 3,756: שורה 2,454:
end
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if is_set(Date) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
local options_t = {};
local options = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
 
else
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
options.class = "citation";
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
end
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
local id = Ref
namelist_t = c; -- select it
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
local names = {} --table of last names & year
namelist_t = a;
if #a > 0 then
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
namelist_t = e;
names[i] = v.last
end
if i == 4 then break end
local citeref_id;
end
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
elseif #e > 0 then
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
names[i] = v.last
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
end
else
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
id = anchorid(names)
end
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
options.id = id;
end
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_categories = {};
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
text = seterror('empty_citation');
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
z.message_tail = {};
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if is_set(options.id) then  
 
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end
end


if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
 
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
text = text .. OCinS;
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; -- TODO: if kept, these require some sort of i18n
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
 
text = text .. " ";
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
if is_set(v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
else
 
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
end
end
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
local iserror = false -- our code
 
if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
iserror = true -- our code
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
iserror = true -- our code
end
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
-- iserror = true -- our code
end
end
end
end
 
if iserror
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
then text = text .. "[[קאטעגאריע:ציטירן פעלער]]" end -- our code
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
return text
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


 
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
function z.citation(frame)
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
table.sort (url_error_t);
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true);
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
local args = {};
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
local suggestions = {};
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
local error_text, error_state;
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag


local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
args[k] = v;  
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
if not validate( k ) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
error_text = "";
end
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then  
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if #suggestions == 0 then
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
else
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end    
end    
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
 
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
 
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
end
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
return citation0( config, args)
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
 
local url_param_t = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
 
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


 
return z
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

רעוויזיע פון 12:22, 13 אפריל 2022

מען קען שאפן דאקומענטאציע פאר דעם מאדול ביי יחידה:Citation/CS1/דאק 

-- Copied from Hebrew Wikipedia and changed for Yiddish Wikipedia --
-- Copied from English Wikipedia and changed for Hebrew Wikipedia --

local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

-- Whether variable is set or not
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

-- First set variable or nil if none
function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

-- Whether needle is in haystack
function inArray( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
function deprecated_parameter()
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "yi" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if inArray (lang, {'ar', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'en', 'he', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ko', 'ku', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
				table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטירונג מיט סקריפט אין א פרעמדער שפראך ('..name..')');	-- categorize in language-specific categories
			else
				table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטירונג מיט סקריפט אין א פרעמדער שפראך');	-- use this category as a catchall until language-specific category is available
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safeforitalics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
-- our code
	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = '<span class="mw-content-rtl">' .. transchapter .. "</span>&lrm;";
	end
-- our code end
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- just to be safe for concatenation
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter_error = " " .. seterror ('trans_missing_chapter');
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
		return chapter .. chapter_error;
	else																		-- here when chapter is set
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter);						-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
	end
	return chapter;
end

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]
function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ();				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter ();				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R C O M M E N T >------------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = "<span dir=ltr class=registered_only>" .. message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])" .. "</span>";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Formats a wiki style internal link
function internallinkid(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Format an external link with error checking
function externallink( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not checkurl( URL ) then
		error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d") or date:match ("%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric
			if checkisbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבנית ציטוט משתמשת בקוד ספר בתור ASIN");	-- add to maint category
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif inArray (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif inArray (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are two valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
]]

function arxiv (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = ""
	
	year, month, version = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d([v%d]*)$");				-- test for the 9108-0703 format
	if not year then		-- arXiv id is not proper 9108-0703 form
		year, month, version = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d([v%d]*)$");	-- test for the 0704- format
		if not year then	
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- arXiv id doesn't match either format
		else	-- id is the 0704- format
			year = tonumber(year);
			month = tonumber(month);
			if ((7 > year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or					-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
				((7 == year) and (4 > month)) or								-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then			-- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
					err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );					-- set error message
			end
		end
	else	-- id is the 9108-0703 format; are the date values ok
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((91 > year and 7 < year) or (1 > month and 12 < month)) or			-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 8 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) or 		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				is_set (version) and nil == version:match("v%d+") then			-- is version proper format of single 'v' followed by digits?
					err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );					-- set error message
		end
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]
function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
	if is_set(embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then	--is embargo date is in the future?
			return true;	-- still embargoed
		end
	end
	return false;			-- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_embargoed(embargo) then
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	--still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			--no embargo date, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "פאראמעטער DOI נישט גילטיק פון יאר " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "ציטירונג מוסטער מיט גילטיקייט פראבלעמען  אין  DOI" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end

--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end



--[[
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";					-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;						-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
		return "Media notes";					-- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation

	elseif "podcast" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite podcast
		return "Podcast";						-- display podcast annotation

	elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then	-- if this citation is cite press release
		return "Press release";					-- display press release annotation

	elseif "techreport" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite techreport
		return "Technical report";				-- display techreport annotation
	
	elseif "thesis" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
			return "Thesis";					-- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification)
	end
end

--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid

At present the only check is whether the string appears to 
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well 
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
	-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end

-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]
function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]
function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

--[[
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
]]
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of bytes
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
function safeforurl( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
function hyphentodash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
	--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
	italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
	(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
	tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
	
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

TODO: safejoin() has a flaw where it won't remove the duplicate character from a |title= / |url= combination.
This is because by the time we get here, |title=http://somesite.com and |title=Document Title. have been combined:
	[http://somesite.com and ''Document Title.'']
so that now, the last character is not sepc but is ] (unless sepc == ']' which breaks the external link)
]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';
	local comp = '';
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then
			str = value;
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then
				-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );
			else
				comp = value;
			end
			
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then
					str = str:sub(1,-2);
				elseif end_chr == "'" then
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then
						str = str:sub(1,-3);
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;										-- counter for number of initials
	for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
		table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1))	-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;										-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end						-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)						-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 
function listpeople(control, people)
	local sep = control.sep;
	local namesep = control.namesep
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}
	local etal = false;
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"		-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and nil ~= person.link:find("//") then one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- check for url in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	if ( "scap" == format ) then												-- apply smallcaps formatting when authorformat or editorformat set to scap
		result = substitute (cfg.presentation['smallcaps'], result);
	end 
	return result, count
end

-- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID.
function anchorid( options )
	return "CITEREF" .. table.concat( options );
end

--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
function extractnames(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask};	-- add this name to our names list
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	return names;																-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
function extractids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D I D L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
			if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
function COinS(data)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]

function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'Norwegian' == lang then
		return lang, 'no';														-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-Hebrew-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

]]

function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
	local code;			-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;			-- the language name
	local test='';
		
	if 0 == namespace and (('he' == lang:lower()) or ('hebrew' == lang:lower())) then
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'תבנית ציטוט עם ציון עברית בתור שפה זרה');		-- add maintenance category if |language=Hebrew or |language=he in article space
	end

	if 2 == lang:len() then														-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "yi" );				-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
	end

-- our part
if not is_set (name) then
local langs = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( "en" )
local lang1 = lang:lower()
lang1 = lang1:sub(1, 1):upper() .. lang1:sub(2)
	for k, v in pairs(langs) do
		if lang1 == v
			then name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( k, "yi" )
				 break
		end
	end
end
-- our part end

	if is_set (name) then														-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
		code = lang:lower();													-- save it
	else
		name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);									-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
	end

-- our part
	if name == 'נורבגית'
   		then name = 'נורווגית'
   	end
-- our part end
	if is_set (code) then
		if 0 == namespace and 'he' ~= code then									-- is this page main / article space and Hebrew not the language?
			table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'ציטוט מקור בשפה זרה (' .. name .. ')');	-- in main space and not Hebrew: categorize
		end
	else
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'תבנית ציטוט עם ציון שפה לא מזוהה');	-- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- wrap with '(in ...)'
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];										-- deprecated
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local Ref = A['Ref'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];

	local ID_list = extractids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local PostScript = A['PostScript'];

	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
	local sepc = A['Separator'];

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
-- our code start
	local Month = A['Month'];
-- our code end

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- Set postscript default.
	if not is_set (PostScript) then						-- if |postscript= has not been set (Postscript is nil which is the default for {{citation}}) and
		if (config.CitationClass ~= "citation") then	-- this template is not a citation template
			PostScript = '.';							-- must be a cite xxx template so set postscript to default (period)
		end
	else
		if PostScript:lower() == 'none' then			-- if |postscript=none then
			PostScript = '';							-- no postscript
		end
	end

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
	if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then				-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if inArray (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";					-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) then
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					Title = Periodical;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
					URL = '';						-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

--special cases for citation.
	if (config.CitationClass == "citation") then		-- for citation templates
		if not is_set (Ref) then						-- if |ref= is not set
			Ref = "harv";								-- set default |ref=harv
		end
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= is not set
			sepc = ',';									-- set citation separator to its default (comma)
		end
	else												-- not a citation template
		if not is_set (sepc) then						-- if |separator= has not been set
			sepc = '.';									-- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
		end
	end
	use_lowercase = ( sepc ~= '.' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

-- check for special case where |separator=none
	if 'none' == sepc:lower() then						-- if |separator=none
		sepc = '';										-- then set it to an empty string
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];	-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];		-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--TODO: if this is only for {{cite conference}}, shouldn't we be checking? (if config.CitationClass=='conference' then ...)
	if is_set(BookTitle) then
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = BookTitle;
		TitleLink = '';
		TransTitle = '';
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[	-- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
	if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Season = A['Season'];
		local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
		local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
		
		if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
		if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
		if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		
		Date = Date or AirDate;
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = Series;
		TitleLink = SeriesLink;
		TransTitle = '';
		
		Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
		ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Year) then
			table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבניות ציטוט עם תאריך ושנה בו זמנית");		-- add to maint category
		end
	else
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
		['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
	if is_set(error_message) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for
	-- automated parsing of citation information.
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS{
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Chapter),						-- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (Title, ScriptTitle),						-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	};
--[[Why is this here?  Why are we mapping Title to Chapter when Periodical is set?
	if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = '';
		TitleLink = '';
		TransTitle = '';
	end
]]

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include som static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	if not is_set(Authors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );

		if is_set (Maximum) then
			if Maximum >= #a then												-- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "תבניות ציטוט עם פחות מחברים מהנדרש");	-- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed
			end
		else
			Maximum = #a + 1;													-- number of authors + 1
		end

		local control = { 
			sep = A["AuthorSeparator"] .. " ",
			namesep = (first_set(A["AuthorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
			format = A["AuthorFormat"],
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		Authors = listpeople(control, a) 
	end

-- our code start
if is_set(Month) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_month', {}, true) } );
end
if is_set(Coauthors) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_coauthors', {}, true) } );
end
if is_set(ChapterLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('deprecated_chapterlink', {}, true) } );
end
-- our code end

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
			Maximum = #e + 1;
		end

		local control = { 
			sep = A["EditorSeparator"] .. " ",
			namesep = (first_set(A["EditorNameSeparator"], A["NameSeparator"]) or "") .. " ",
			format = A['EditorFormat'],
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
			Authors = PublisherName;
			PublisherName = "";
		end
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end		
	end
	
	Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";

	if  not is_set(URL) and
		not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and
		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
		
		-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(Format) then
			Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
		end
	end

	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(Periodical) and
		not is_set(Conference) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	

	local OriginalURL;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		end
	end

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","conference","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			Chapter = '';														-- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
			TransChapter = '';
			ChapterURL = '';
		end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
			if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
				ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","conference","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then
		Title = kern_quotes (Title);											-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);

		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = ' <span class="mw-content-rtl">' .. TransTitle .. "</span>&lrm;";
		else
			TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format	   
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end
	
	if is_set(Conference) then
		if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end
	
	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end
	
	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = ", " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, true);
			end
			if is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
			end
		else
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
				if is_set( Inset ) then
					Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
				end
			elseif is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
			end			
		end			
		At = At .. Section .. Inset;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace);			-- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "podcast", "pressrelease", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then	-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then					-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";	-- display it in parentheses
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set(SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set(RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end

	ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safeforitalics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	else
		Lay = "";
	end
	
	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end
	
	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, 
			Language, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
	else 
		tcommon = safejoin( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			Authors = Authors .. A['AuthorSeparator'] .. " " .. Coauthors
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
				then Editors = Editors .. " "
				else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
--		text = text:sub(1,-2);	--Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
	end	
	
	text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations
			id = anchorid(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = seterror('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	local iserror = false -- our code
	if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
			iserror = true -- our code
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
			iserror = true -- our code
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
			-- iserror = true -- our code
		end
	end
	if iserror
		then text = text .. "[[קאטעגאריע:ציטירן פעלער]]" end -- our code
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	
	if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then				-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' );	-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code
	else																	-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' );			-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates		-- ... live version of date validation code
	end
	
	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z
גענומען פון "https://yi.hamichlol.org.il/w/index.php?title=יחידה:Citation/CS1&oldid=82259"